1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 /** 56 * DOC: Station handling 57 * 58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 62 * to. 63 * 64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 65 * capabilities. 66 * 67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 73 * time mark it authorized. 74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 77 * 78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 79 */ 80 81 /** 82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 83 * 84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 88 * for various reasons. 89 * 90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 96 * for doing that. 97 * 98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 100 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 101 * 102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 108 * 109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 112 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 113 * 114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 115 * below. 116 */ 117 118 /** 119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 120 * 121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 125 * 126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 128 * types there no concurrency is implied. 129 * 130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 137 * 138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 146 * 147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 148 * interfaces that a given device supports. 149 */ 150 151 /** 152 * DOC: packet coalesce support 153 * 154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 157 * and power consumption. 158 * 159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 162 * following events occur. 163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 167 * 168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 169 * rule. 170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 173 * Multiple such rules can be created. 174 */ 175 176 /** 177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 178 * 179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 186 * 187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 193 * 194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 197 */ 198 199 /** 200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 201 * 202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 217 * 218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 220 * up a connection or after roaming. 221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 227 * 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 235 */ 236 237 /** 238 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 239 * 240 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 241 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 242 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 244 */ 245 246 /** 247 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 248 * 249 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 250 * 251 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 252 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 254 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 256 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 257 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 258 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 259 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 260 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 261 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 263 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 265 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 267 * 268 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 269 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 270 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 272 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 273 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 274 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 276 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 277 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 278 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 280 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 281 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 282 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 283 * 284 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 285 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 287 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 288 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 289 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 290 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 291 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 292 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 293 * 294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 296 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 297 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 298 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 300 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 301 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 302 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 303 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 305 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 306 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 309 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 311 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 312 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 313 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 314 * 315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 319 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 320 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 321 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 322 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 323 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 325 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 326 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 327 * frame). 328 * 329 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 330 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 331 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 333 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 339 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 340 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 341 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 342 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 346 * 347 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 348 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 349 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 350 * global regdomain will be returned. 351 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 352 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 353 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 354 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 355 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 356 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 357 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 358 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 359 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 360 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 361 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 362 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 363 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 364 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 365 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 366 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 369 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 371 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 372 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 373 * 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 375 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 376 * 377 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 378 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 379 * 380 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 381 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 382 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 383 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 385 * added to all specified management frames generated by 386 * kernel/firmware/driver. 387 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 388 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 389 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 390 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 391 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 392 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 393 * 394 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 395 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 396 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 397 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 398 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 399 * be used. 400 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 401 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 402 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 403 * partial scan results may be available 404 * 405 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 406 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 407 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 408 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 409 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 410 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 411 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 412 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 413 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 414 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 415 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 416 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 417 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 418 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 419 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 420 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 421 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 422 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 423 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 424 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 425 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 426 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 427 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 428 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 429 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 430 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 431 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 432 * results available. 433 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 434 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 435 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 436 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 437 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 438 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 439 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 440 * 441 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 442 * or noise level 443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 444 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 445 * 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 447 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 448 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 449 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 450 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 451 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 452 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 453 * ESS. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 455 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 456 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 457 * authentication. 458 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 459 * 460 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 461 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 462 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 463 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 464 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 465 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 466 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 467 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 468 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 469 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 470 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 471 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 472 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 473 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 474 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 475 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 476 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 477 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 478 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 479 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 480 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 481 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 482 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 483 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 484 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 485 * the beacon hint was processed. 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 488 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 489 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 490 * authentication process. 491 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 492 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 493 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 494 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 495 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 496 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 497 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 498 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 499 * to be added to the frame. 500 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 501 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 502 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 503 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 504 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 505 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 506 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 507 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 508 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 509 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 510 * pending authentication timed out). 511 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 513 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 514 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 515 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 516 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 517 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 518 * included). 519 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 520 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 521 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 522 * primitives). 523 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 524 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 525 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 526 * 527 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 528 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 529 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 530 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 531 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 532 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 533 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 534 * 535 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 536 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 537 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 538 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 539 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 540 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 541 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 542 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 543 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 544 * determined by the network interface. 545 * 546 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 547 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 548 * to the driver. 549 * 550 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 551 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 552 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 553 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 554 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 557 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 558 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 559 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 560 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 561 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 562 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 563 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 564 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 565 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 566 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 567 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 568 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 569 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 570 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 571 * a different BSS is desired. 572 * Background scan period can optionally be 573 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 574 * if not specified default background scan configuration 575 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 576 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 577 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 578 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 579 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 580 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 581 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 582 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 583 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 584 * well to remain backwards compatible. 585 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 586 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 587 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 588 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 589 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 590 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 591 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 592 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 593 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 594 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 595 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 596 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 599 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 600 * 601 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 602 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 603 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 604 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 605 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 606 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 607 * frequency for the operation. 608 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 609 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 610 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 611 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 612 * radio). 613 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 614 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 615 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 616 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 617 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 618 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 619 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 620 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 621 * uniquely identify the request. 622 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 623 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 624 * 625 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 626 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 627 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 628 * 629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 630 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 631 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 632 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 633 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 634 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 635 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 636 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 637 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 638 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 639 * backward compatibility 640 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 641 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 642 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 643 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 644 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 645 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 646 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 647 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 648 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 649 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 650 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 651 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 652 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 653 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 654 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 655 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 656 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 657 * is used during CSA period. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 659 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 660 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 661 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 662 * wait time. 663 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 664 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 665 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 666 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 667 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 668 * the frame. 669 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 670 * backward compatibility. 671 * 672 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 673 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 674 * 675 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 676 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 677 * levels. 678 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 679 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 680 * reached. 681 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 682 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 683 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 684 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 685 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 686 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 687 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 688 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 689 * precedence when they are used. 690 * 691 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 692 * 693 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 694 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 695 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 696 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 697 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 698 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 699 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 700 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 701 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 702 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 703 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 704 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 705 * command, the feature is disabled. 706 * 707 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 708 * mesh config parameters may be given. 709 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 710 * network is determined by the network interface. 711 * 712 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 713 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 714 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 715 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 716 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 717 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 718 * 719 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 720 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 721 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 722 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 723 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 724 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 725 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 726 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 727 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 728 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 729 * depending on the authentication result. 730 * 731 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 732 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 733 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 734 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 735 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 736 * more background information, see 737 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 738 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 739 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 740 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 741 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 742 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 743 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 746 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 747 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 748 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 749 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 750 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 751 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 752 * 753 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 754 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 755 * 756 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 757 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 758 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 759 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 760 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 761 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 762 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 763 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 764 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 765 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 766 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 767 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 768 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 769 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 770 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 771 * 772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 773 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 774 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 775 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 776 * is received. 777 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 778 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 779 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 780 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 781 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 782 * 783 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 784 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 785 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 786 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 787 * 788 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 789 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 790 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 791 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 792 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 793 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 794 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 795 * 796 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 797 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 798 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 799 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 800 * 801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 802 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 803 * 804 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 805 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 806 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 807 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 808 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 809 * from the remote AP) is completed; 810 * 811 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 812 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 813 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 814 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 815 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 816 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 817 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 818 * interfaces to change channel as well. 819 * 820 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 821 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 822 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 823 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 824 * public action frame TX. 825 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 826 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 827 * 828 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 829 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 830 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 831 * is used for this. 832 * 833 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 834 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 835 * 836 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 837 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 838 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 839 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 840 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 841 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 842 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 843 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 844 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 847 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 848 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 849 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 850 * while operating on this channel. 851 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 852 * event. 853 * 854 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 855 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 856 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 859 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 860 * 861 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 862 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 863 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 864 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 865 * 866 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 867 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 868 * complete. 869 * 870 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 871 * return back to normal. 872 * 873 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 874 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 875 * 876 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 877 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 878 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 879 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 880 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 881 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 882 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 883 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 884 * switch is complete. 885 * 886 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 887 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 888 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 889 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 890 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 891 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 892 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 893 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 894 * 895 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 896 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 897 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 898 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 899 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 900 * 901 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 902 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 903 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 904 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 905 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 906 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 907 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 908 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 909 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 910 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 911 * fail even if the check was successful. 912 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 913 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 914 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 915 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 916 * 917 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 918 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 919 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 920 * 921 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 922 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 923 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 924 * network is determined by the network interface. 925 * 926 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 927 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 928 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 929 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 930 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 931 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 932 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 933 * AP. 934 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 935 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 936 * when this command completes. 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 939 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 940 * management. 941 * 942 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 943 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 944 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 947 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 948 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 949 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 950 * cluster. This command must have a valid 951 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 952 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 953 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 954 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 955 * added. 956 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 957 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 958 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 959 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 960 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 961 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 962 * of the function upon success. 963 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 964 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 965 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 966 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 967 * which just terminated. 968 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 969 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 970 * the response to this command. 971 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 972 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 973 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 974 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 975 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 976 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 977 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 978 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 979 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 980 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 981 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 982 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 983 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 984 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 985 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 986 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 987 * 988 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 989 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 990 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 991 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 992 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 995 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 996 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 997 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 998 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 999 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1000 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1001 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1002 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1003 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1004 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1005 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1006 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1009 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1010 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1011 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1012 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1013 * 802.11 headers. 1014 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1016 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1017 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1018 * 1019 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1020 * 1021 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1022 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1023 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1024 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1025 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1026 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1027 * 1028 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1029 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1030 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1031 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1032 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1033 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1034 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1035 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1036 * command interface. 1037 * 1038 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1039 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1040 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1041 * 1042 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1043 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1044 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1045 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1046 * 1047 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1048 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1049 * 1050 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1051 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1052 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1053 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1054 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1055 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1056 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1057 * the netlink extended ack message. 1058 * 1059 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1060 * 1061 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1062 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1063 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1064 * buffer size. 1065 * 1066 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1067 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1069 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1070 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1071 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1072 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1073 * 1074 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1075 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1076 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1077 * determining the width and type. 1078 * 1079 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1080 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1081 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1082 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1083 * 1084 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1085 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1086 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1087 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1088 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1089 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1090 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1091 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1092 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1093 * rate selection. 1094 * 1095 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1096 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1097 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1098 * 1099 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1100 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1101 */ 1102 enum nl80211_commands { 1103 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1104 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1105 1106 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1107 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1108 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1109 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1110 1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1113 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1114 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1115 1116 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1117 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1118 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1119 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1120 1121 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1122 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1123 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1124 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1125 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1126 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1127 1128 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1129 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1130 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1131 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1132 1133 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1135 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1136 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1137 1138 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1139 1140 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1141 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1142 1143 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1144 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1145 1146 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1147 1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1149 1150 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1151 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1152 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1153 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1154 1155 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1156 1157 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1158 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1159 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1160 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1161 1162 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1163 1164 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1165 1166 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1167 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1168 1169 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1170 1171 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1172 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1173 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1174 1175 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1176 1177 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1178 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1179 1180 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1181 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1182 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1183 1184 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1185 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1188 1189 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1190 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1191 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1192 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1193 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1194 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1195 1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1197 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1198 1199 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1200 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1201 1202 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1204 1205 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1206 1207 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1208 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1209 1210 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1211 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1212 1213 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1214 1215 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1217 1218 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1219 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1220 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1221 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1222 1223 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1224 1225 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1226 1227 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1228 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1233 1234 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1237 1238 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1239 1240 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1241 1242 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1243 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1250 1251 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1252 1253 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1254 1255 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1256 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1257 1258 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1259 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1260 1261 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1262 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1263 1264 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1265 1266 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1267 1268 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1271 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1272 1273 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1274 1275 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1276 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1279 1280 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1281 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1282 1283 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1288 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1289 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1290 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1291 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1292 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1293 1294 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1297 1298 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1299 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1302 1303 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1304 1305 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1308 1309 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1310 1311 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1314 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1315 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1316 1317 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1320 1321 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1322 1323 /* add new commands above here */ 1324 1325 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1326 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1327 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1328 }; 1329 1330 /* 1331 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1332 * here 1333 */ 1334 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1335 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1336 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1337 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1338 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1339 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1340 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1341 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1342 1343 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1344 1345 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1346 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1347 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1348 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1349 1350 /** 1351 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1352 * 1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1354 * 1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1356 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1360 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1361 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1362 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1363 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1365 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1366 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1368 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1370 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1372 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1373 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1374 * this attribute) 1375 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1376 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1377 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1378 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1380 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1381 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1383 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1384 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1386 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1387 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1389 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1390 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1392 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1393 * 1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1397 * 1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1399 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1400 * 1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1402 * 1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1404 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1405 * keys 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1408 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1410 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1413 * default management key 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1415 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1417 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1418 * 1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1423 * 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1426 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1428 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1430 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1431 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1433 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1435 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1436 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1437 * 1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1439 * consisting of a nested array. 1440 * 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1443 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1446 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1447 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1448 * 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1450 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1451 * 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1453 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1454 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1455 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1456 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1457 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1458 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1459 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1460 * to a specific alpha2. 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1462 * rules. 1463 * 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1466 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1468 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1470 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1471 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1472 * 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1474 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1475 * 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1477 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1478 * of the interface mode. 1479 * 1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1481 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1482 * 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1484 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1485 * 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1487 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1489 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1491 * that can be added to a scan request 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1493 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1495 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1496 * 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1499 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1501 * 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1503 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1505 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1506 * 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1508 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1509 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1510 * 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1512 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1513 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1516 * represented as a u32 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1518 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1519 * 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1521 * a u32 1522 * 1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1524 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1525 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1526 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1527 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1529 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1530 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1531 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1532 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1533 * 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1535 * cipher suites 1536 * 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1538 * for other networks on different channels 1539 * 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1541 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1542 * 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1544 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1545 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1546 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1547 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1548 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1549 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1550 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1551 * 1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1553 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1554 * 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1556 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1557 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1558 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1559 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1560 * default in station mode. 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1562 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1563 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1564 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1565 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1566 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1568 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1569 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1571 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1572 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1573 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1574 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1575 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1576 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1577 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1578 * flag. 1579 * 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1581 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1582 * 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1584 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1585 * a local disconnect request. 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1587 * event (u16) 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1589 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1590 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1593 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1594 * (an array of u32). 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1596 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1597 * u32). 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1599 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1600 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1602 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1603 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1604 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1605 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1606 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1607 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1608 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1609 * 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1611 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1613 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1614 * 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1616 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1617 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1618 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1619 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1620 * 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1622 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1624 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1625 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1626 * 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1628 * 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1630 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1631 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1632 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1633 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1634 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1635 * completely from scratch. 1636 * 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1638 * 1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1640 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1641 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1642 * 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1645 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1646 * 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1649 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1650 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1653 * 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1655 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1656 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1657 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1658 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1659 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1660 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1661 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1662 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1663 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1664 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1665 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1666 * 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1668 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1670 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1672 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1673 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1674 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1676 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1677 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1678 * 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1680 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1683 * 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1685 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1686 * 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1688 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1689 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1690 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1691 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1692 * 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1694 * connected to this BSS. 1695 * 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1697 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1699 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1700 * for non-automatic settings. 1701 * 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1703 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1706 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1707 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1708 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1709 * 1710 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1711 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1712 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1713 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1714 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1715 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1716 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1717 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1718 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1719 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1720 * 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1722 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1723 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1724 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1725 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1726 * 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1728 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1729 * 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1731 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1732 * 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1734 * 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1736 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1737 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1738 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1739 * nl80211 capability flag. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1744 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1745 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1746 * 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1748 * changed once the mesh is active. 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1750 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1752 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1753 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1755 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1756 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1757 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1758 * 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1760 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1762 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1763 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1764 * triggers. 1765 * 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1767 * cycles, in msecs. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1770 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1771 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1772 * pass-thru filter rules. 1773 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1774 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1775 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1776 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1777 * able to ignore them by itself. 1778 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1779 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1780 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1781 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1782 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1783 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1784 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1785 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1788 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1789 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1791 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1792 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1793 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1794 * 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1796 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1797 * 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1799 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1800 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1801 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1804 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1805 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1806 * 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1808 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1809 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1810 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1812 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1813 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1814 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1815 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1818 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1820 * as AP. 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1823 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1826 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1827 * 1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1829 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1830 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1831 * applications use this attribute. 1832 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1833 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1836 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1837 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1839 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1841 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1843 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1845 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1846 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1847 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1848 * 1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1850 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1851 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1852 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1855 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1856 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1857 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1858 * 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1860 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1862 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1863 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1864 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1867 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1868 * to be filled by the FW. 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1870 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1872 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1873 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1874 * The values that may be configured are: 1875 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1876 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1877 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1878 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1879 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1880 * 1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1882 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1883 * to one DFS region. 1884 * 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1886 * up to 16 TIDs. 1887 * 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1889 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1890 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1891 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1892 * capability to timeout the stations. 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1895 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1896 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1899 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1900 * 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1902 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1903 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1904 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1905 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1906 * 1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1908 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1909 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1912 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1913 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1914 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1915 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1916 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1917 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1918 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1919 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1920 * consistent. 1921 * 1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1923 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1924 * 1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1928 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1930 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1931 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1932 * no change is made. 1933 * 1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1935 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1936 * 1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1938 * carried in a u32 attribute 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1941 * MAC ACL. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1944 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1945 * ACL. 1946 * 1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1948 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1951 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1952 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1954 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1957 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1960 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1961 * and PU-APSD. 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1964 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1965 * 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1967 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1968 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1973 * Element 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1976 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1978 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1979 * 1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1981 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1982 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1983 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1986 * 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1988 * until the channel switch event. 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1990 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1991 * operation). 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1993 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1995 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1997 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1998 * 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2000 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2005 * supported operating classes. 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2008 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2009 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2010 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2011 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2012 * IBSS network. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2015 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2017 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2020 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2021 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2022 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2023 * u8 attribute. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2026 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2029 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2031 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2034 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2035 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2039 * 2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2041 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2042 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2043 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2044 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2045 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2048 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2050 * supported number of csa counters. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2053 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2054 * 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2056 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2057 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2058 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2059 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2060 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2061 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2062 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2063 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2064 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2065 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2066 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2067 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2068 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2069 * multicast group. 2070 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2071 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2072 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2073 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2074 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2075 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2076 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2077 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2080 * the TDLS link initiator. 2081 * 2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2083 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2084 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2085 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2086 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2087 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2088 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2089 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2090 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2091 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2092 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2093 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2096 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2097 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2098 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2099 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2100 * 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2104 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2105 * 2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2107 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2108 * 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2112 * 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2114 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2115 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2116 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2117 * 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2119 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2120 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2121 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2122 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2123 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2124 * 2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2126 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2127 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2128 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2129 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2130 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2131 * over all channels. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2134 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2135 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2136 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2137 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2139 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2140 * 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2142 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2144 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2146 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2148 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2149 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2150 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2151 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2152 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2154 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2155 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2156 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2158 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2159 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2160 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2161 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2162 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2163 * 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2165 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2166 * 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2170 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2171 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2172 * interface type. 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2175 * groupID for monitor mode. 2176 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2177 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2178 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2179 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2180 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2181 * each group. 2182 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2183 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2184 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2185 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2186 * groupID data. 2187 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2189 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2190 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2191 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2192 * 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2194 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2195 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2196 * attribute must not be included). 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2198 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2200 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2201 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2202 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2203 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2205 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2206 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2207 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2210 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2213 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2214 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2215 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2216 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2218 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2219 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2220 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2221 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2222 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2223 * the device will decide what to use. 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2225 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2226 * attribute. 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2228 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2230 * protection. 2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2232 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2233 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2234 * 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2236 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2239 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2240 * 2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2242 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2243 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2244 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2245 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2246 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2247 * unnecessary wakeups. 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2250 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2251 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2252 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2253 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2254 * 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2256 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2257 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2258 * 2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2260 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2261 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2262 * 2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2264 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2265 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2268 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2269 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2272 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2273 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2274 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2275 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2276 * 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2278 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2279 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2280 * 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2282 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2283 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2284 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2285 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2286 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2287 * 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2289 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2291 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2292 * 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2294 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2295 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2300 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2301 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2302 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2304 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2305 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2306 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2307 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2308 * 2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2310 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2311 * 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2313 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2315 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2317 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2318 * enforced. 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2320 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2322 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2323 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2324 * 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2326 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2327 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2328 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2331 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2334 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2335 * invalid value. 2336 * 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2338 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2339 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2340 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2341 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2342 * 2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2344 * scheduler. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2347 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2348 * possible values. 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2350 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2351 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2352 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2353 * or per-station. 2354 * 2355 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2356 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2357 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2360 * 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2362 * functionality. 2363 * 2364 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2366 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2367 */ 2368 enum nl80211_attrs { 2369 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2370 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2371 2372 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2373 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2374 2375 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2376 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2377 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2378 2379 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2380 2381 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2382 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2383 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2384 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2385 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2386 2387 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2388 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2389 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2390 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2391 2392 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2393 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2394 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2395 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2396 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2397 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2398 2399 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2400 2401 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2402 2403 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2404 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2405 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2406 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2407 2408 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2409 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2410 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2411 2412 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2417 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2418 2419 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2420 2421 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2422 2423 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2424 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2425 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2428 2429 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2430 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2431 2432 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2433 2434 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2435 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2436 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2437 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2438 2439 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2440 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2441 2442 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2443 2444 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2445 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2446 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2448 2449 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2452 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2453 2454 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2455 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2456 2457 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2458 2459 2460 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2461 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2462 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2463 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2464 2465 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2466 2467 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2468 2469 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2470 2471 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2472 2473 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2474 2475 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2476 2477 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2478 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2479 2480 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2482 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2483 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2484 2485 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2491 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2492 2493 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2494 2495 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2496 2497 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2500 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2501 2502 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2503 2504 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2505 2506 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2507 2508 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2509 2510 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2513 2514 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2515 2516 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2517 2518 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2519 2520 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2521 2522 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2523 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2526 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2527 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2528 2529 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2530 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2535 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2536 2537 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2538 2539 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2548 2549 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2551 2552 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2553 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2562 2563 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2567 2568 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2569 2570 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2571 2572 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2573 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2579 2580 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2581 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2582 2583 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2584 2585 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2586 2587 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2588 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2592 2593 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2598 2599 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2600 2601 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2602 2603 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2604 2605 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2613 2614 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2615 2616 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2617 2618 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2627 2628 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2630 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2631 2632 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2633 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2634 2635 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2636 2637 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2638 2639 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2640 2641 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2644 2645 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2646 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2647 2648 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2649 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2652 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2653 2654 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2655 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2656 2657 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2658 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2659 2660 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2661 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2664 2665 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2666 2667 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2668 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2669 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2672 2673 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2674 2675 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2676 2677 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2683 2684 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2688 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2689 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2695 2696 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2699 2700 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2706 2707 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2708 2709 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2710 2711 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2712 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2713 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2714 2715 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2720 2721 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2722 2723 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2724 2725 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2726 2727 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2730 2731 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2735 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2736 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2737 2738 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2739 2740 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2741 2742 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2743 2744 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2745 2746 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2747 2748 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2749 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2752 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2753 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2754 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2759 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2760 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2771 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2772 2773 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2774 2775 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2776 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2777 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2778 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2785 2786 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2787 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2788 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2791 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2794 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2795 2796 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2799 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2800 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2801 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2802 2803 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2812 2813 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2814 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2818 2819 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2822 2823 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2824 2825 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2826 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2828 }; 2829 2830 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2831 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2832 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2833 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2834 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2835 2836 /* 2837 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2838 * here 2839 */ 2840 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2841 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2842 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2843 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2844 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2845 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2846 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2847 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2848 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2849 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2850 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2851 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2852 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2853 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2854 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2855 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2856 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2857 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2858 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2859 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2860 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2861 2862 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2863 2864 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2865 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2866 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2867 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2868 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2869 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2870 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2871 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2872 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2873 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2874 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2875 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2876 2877 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2878 2879 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2880 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2881 2882 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2883 2884 /** 2885 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2886 * 2887 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2888 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2889 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2890 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2891 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2892 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2893 * AP type interface. 2894 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2895 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2896 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2897 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2898 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2899 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2900 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2901 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2902 * commands to create and destroy one 2903 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2904 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2905 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2906 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2907 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2908 * 2909 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2910 * to set the type of an interface. 2911 * 2912 */ 2913 enum nl80211_iftype { 2914 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2915 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2916 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2917 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2918 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2919 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2920 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2921 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2922 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2923 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2924 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2925 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2926 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2927 2928 /* keep last */ 2929 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2930 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2931 }; 2932 2933 /** 2934 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2935 * 2936 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2937 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2938 * 2939 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2940 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2941 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2942 * with short barker preamble 2943 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2944 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2945 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2946 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2947 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2948 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2949 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2950 * as errors.) 2951 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2952 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2953 * previously added station into associated state 2954 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2955 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2956 */ 2957 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2958 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2959 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2960 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2961 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2962 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2963 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2964 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2965 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2966 2967 /* keep last */ 2968 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2969 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2970 }; 2971 2972 /** 2973 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2974 * 2975 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2976 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2977 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2978 */ 2979 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2980 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2981 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2982 2983 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2984 }; 2985 2986 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2987 2988 /** 2989 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2990 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2991 * @set: which values to set them to 2992 * 2993 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2994 */ 2995 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2996 __u32 mask; 2997 __u32 set; 2998 } __attribute__((packed)); 2999 3000 /** 3001 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3002 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3003 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3004 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3005 */ 3006 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3007 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3008 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3009 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3010 }; 3011 3012 /** 3013 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3014 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3015 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3016 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3017 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3018 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3019 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3020 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3021 */ 3022 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3026 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3027 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3028 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3029 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3030 }; 3031 3032 /** 3033 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3034 * 3035 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3036 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3037 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3038 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3039 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3040 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3041 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3042 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3043 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3044 * 3045 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3049 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3050 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3051 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3052 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3053 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3055 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3056 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3057 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3059 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3060 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3062 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3063 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3067 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3070 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3071 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3072 */ 3073 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3074 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3075 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3076 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3077 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3078 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3079 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3080 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3081 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3082 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3083 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3084 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3085 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3086 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3087 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3088 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3089 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3090 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3091 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3092 3093 /* keep last */ 3094 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3095 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3096 }; 3097 3098 /** 3099 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3100 * 3101 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3102 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3103 * 3104 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3105 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3106 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3107 * (flag) 3108 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3109 * (flag) 3110 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3111 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3112 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3113 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3114 */ 3115 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3116 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3117 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3118 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3119 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3120 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3121 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3122 3123 /* keep last */ 3124 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3125 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3126 }; 3127 3128 /** 3129 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3130 * 3131 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3132 * when getting information about a station. 3133 * 3134 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3135 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3136 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3137 * (u32, from this station) 3138 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3139 * (u32, to this station) 3140 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3141 * (u64, from this station) 3142 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3143 * (u64, to this station) 3144 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3145 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3146 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3147 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3148 * (u32, from this station) 3149 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3150 * (u32, to this station) 3151 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3152 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3153 * (u32, to this station) 3154 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3155 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3156 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3158 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3160 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3162 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3163 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3165 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3167 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3168 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3169 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3170 * non-peer STA 3171 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3172 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3173 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3174 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3175 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3176 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3177 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3178 * (u64) 3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3181 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3183 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3184 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3185 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3186 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3188 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3190 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3192 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3193 * (u32, from this station) 3194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3195 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3196 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3197 * might not be fully accurate. 3198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3199 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3200 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3201 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3202 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3204 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3206 */ 3207 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3208 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3209 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3210 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3211 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3212 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3213 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3214 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3215 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3216 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3217 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3218 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3219 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3220 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3221 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3222 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3223 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3224 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3225 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3226 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3227 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3228 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3229 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3230 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3231 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3232 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3233 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3243 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3244 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3245 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3247 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3248 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3249 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3250 3251 /* keep last */ 3252 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3253 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3254 }; 3255 3256 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3257 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3258 3259 3260 /** 3261 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3262 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3263 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3264 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3265 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3266 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3267 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3268 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3269 * MSDUs (u64) 3270 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3271 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3272 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3273 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3274 */ 3275 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3276 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3277 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3278 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3279 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3280 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3281 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3282 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3283 3284 /* keep last */ 3285 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3286 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3287 }; 3288 3289 /** 3290 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3291 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3292 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3293 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3294 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3295 * backlogged 3296 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3297 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3298 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3299 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3300 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3301 * (only for per-phy stats) 3302 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3303 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3304 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3305 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3306 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3307 */ 3308 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3309 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3310 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3311 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3312 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3313 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3314 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3315 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3316 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3317 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3318 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3319 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3320 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3321 3322 /* keep last */ 3323 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3324 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3325 }; 3326 3327 /** 3328 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3329 * 3330 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3331 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3332 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3333 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3334 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3335 */ 3336 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3337 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3338 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3339 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3340 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3341 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3342 }; 3343 3344 /** 3345 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3346 * 3347 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3348 * information about a mesh path. 3349 * 3350 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3353 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3354 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3355 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3356 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3357 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3358 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3359 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3360 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3361 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3362 * currently defined 3363 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3364 */ 3365 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3366 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3367 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3368 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3369 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3370 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3371 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3372 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3373 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3374 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3375 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3376 3377 /* keep last */ 3378 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3379 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3380 }; 3381 3382 /** 3383 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3384 * 3385 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3386 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3387 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3388 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3389 * capabilities IE 3390 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3391 * capabilities IE 3392 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3393 * capabilities IE 3394 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3395 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3396 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3397 * defined 3398 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3399 */ 3400 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3401 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3402 3403 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3404 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3405 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3406 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3407 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3408 3409 /* keep last */ 3410 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3411 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3412 }; 3413 3414 /** 3415 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3416 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3417 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3418 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3419 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3420 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3421 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3422 * defined in 802.11n 3423 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3424 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3425 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3426 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3427 * defined in 802.11ac 3428 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3429 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3430 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3431 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3432 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3433 */ 3434 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3435 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3436 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3437 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3438 3439 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3440 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3441 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3442 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3443 3444 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3445 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3446 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3447 3448 /* keep last */ 3449 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3450 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3451 }; 3452 3453 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3454 3455 /** 3456 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3457 * 3458 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3459 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3460 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3461 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3462 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3463 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3464 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3465 */ 3466 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3467 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3468 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3469 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3470 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3471 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3472 3473 /* keep last */ 3474 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3475 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3476 }; 3477 3478 /** 3479 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3480 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3481 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3482 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3483 * regulatory domain. 3484 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3485 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3486 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3487 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3488 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3489 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3490 * (100 * dBm). 3491 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3492 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3493 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3494 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3495 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3496 * channel as the control channel 3497 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3498 * channel as the control channel 3499 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3500 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3501 * this includes 80+80 channels 3502 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3503 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3504 * isn't possible 3505 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3506 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3507 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3508 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3509 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3510 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3511 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3512 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3513 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3514 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3515 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3516 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3517 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3518 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3519 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3520 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3521 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3522 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3523 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3524 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3525 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3526 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3527 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3528 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3529 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3530 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3531 * currently defined 3532 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3533 * 3534 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3535 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3536 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3537 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3538 */ 3539 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3540 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3541 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3542 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3543 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3544 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3545 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3546 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3547 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3548 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3549 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3550 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3551 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3552 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3553 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3554 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3555 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3556 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3557 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3558 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3559 3560 /* keep last */ 3561 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3562 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3563 }; 3564 3565 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3566 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3567 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3568 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3569 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3570 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3571 3572 /** 3573 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3574 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3575 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3576 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3577 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3578 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3579 * currently defined 3580 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3581 */ 3582 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3583 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3584 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3585 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3586 3587 /* keep last */ 3588 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3589 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3590 }; 3591 3592 /** 3593 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3594 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3595 * regulatory domain. 3596 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3597 * regulatory domain. 3598 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3599 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3600 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3601 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3602 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3603 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3604 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3605 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3606 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3607 */ 3608 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3609 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3610 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3611 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3612 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3613 }; 3614 3615 /** 3616 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3617 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3618 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3619 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3620 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3621 * domain. 3622 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3623 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3624 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3625 * them to be applied. 3626 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3627 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3628 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3629 * domain request to be processed. 3630 */ 3631 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3632 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3633 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3634 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3635 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3636 }; 3637 3638 /** 3639 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3640 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3641 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3642 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3643 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3644 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3645 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3646 * band edge. 3647 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3648 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3649 * band edge. 3650 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3651 * frequency range, in KHz. 3652 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3653 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3654 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3655 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3656 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3657 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3658 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3659 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3660 * currently defined 3661 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3662 */ 3663 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3664 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3665 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3666 3667 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3668 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3669 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3670 3671 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3672 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3673 3674 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3675 3676 /* keep last */ 3677 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3678 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3679 }; 3680 3681 /** 3682 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3683 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3684 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3685 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3686 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3687 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3688 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3689 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3690 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3691 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3692 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3693 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3694 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3695 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3696 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3697 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3698 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3699 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3700 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3701 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3702 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3703 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3704 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3705 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3706 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3707 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3708 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3709 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3710 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3711 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3712 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3713 * attribute number currently defined 3714 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3715 */ 3716 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3717 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3718 3719 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3720 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3721 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3722 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3723 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3724 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3725 3726 /* keep last */ 3727 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3728 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3729 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3730 }; 3731 3732 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3733 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3734 3735 /** 3736 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3737 * 3738 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3739 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3740 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3741 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3742 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3743 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3744 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3745 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3746 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3747 * beaconing. 3748 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3749 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3750 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3751 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3752 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3753 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3754 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3755 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3756 */ 3757 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3758 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3759 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3760 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3761 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3762 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3763 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3764 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3765 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3766 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3767 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3768 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3769 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3770 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3771 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3772 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3773 }; 3774 3775 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3776 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3777 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3778 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3779 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3780 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3781 3782 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3783 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3784 3785 /** 3786 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3787 * 3788 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3789 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3790 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3791 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3792 */ 3793 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3794 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3795 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3796 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3797 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3798 }; 3799 3800 /** 3801 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3802 * 3803 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3804 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3805 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3806 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3807 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3808 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3809 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3810 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3811 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3812 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3813 * supported feature. 3814 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3815 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3816 */ 3817 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3818 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3819 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3820 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3821 }; 3822 3823 /** 3824 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3825 * 3826 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3827 * when getting information about a survey. 3828 * 3829 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3830 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3831 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3832 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3833 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3834 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3835 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3836 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3837 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3838 * channel was sensed busy 3839 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3840 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3841 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3842 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3843 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3844 * (on this channel or globally) 3845 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3846 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3847 * currently defined 3848 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3849 */ 3850 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3851 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3852 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3853 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3854 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3855 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3856 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3857 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3858 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3859 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3860 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3861 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3862 3863 /* keep last */ 3864 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3865 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3866 }; 3867 3868 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3869 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3870 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3871 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3872 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3873 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3874 3875 /** 3876 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3877 * 3878 * Monitor configuration flags. 3879 * 3880 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3881 * 3882 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3883 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3884 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3885 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3886 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3887 * overrides all other flags. 3888 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3889 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3890 * 3891 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3892 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3893 */ 3894 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3895 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3896 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3897 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3898 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3899 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3900 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3901 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3902 3903 /* keep last */ 3904 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3905 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3906 }; 3907 3908 /** 3909 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3910 * 3911 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3912 * not known or has not been set yet. 3913 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3914 * in Awake state all the time. 3915 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3916 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3917 * neighbor's beacons. 3918 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3919 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3920 * for neighbor's beacons. 3921 * 3922 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3923 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3924 */ 3925 3926 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3927 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3928 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3929 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3930 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3931 3932 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3933 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3934 }; 3935 3936 /** 3937 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3938 * 3939 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3940 * active. 3941 * 3942 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3943 * 3944 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3945 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3946 * 3947 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3948 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3949 * 3950 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3951 * millisecond units 3952 * 3953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3954 * on this mesh interface 3955 * 3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3957 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3958 * mesh 3959 * 3960 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3961 * point. 3962 * 3963 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3964 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3965 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3966 * set. 3967 * 3968 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3969 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3970 * target) 3971 * 3972 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3973 * (in milliseconds) 3974 * 3975 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3976 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3977 * 3978 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3979 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3980 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3981 * 3982 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3983 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3984 * reference element 3985 * 3986 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3987 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3988 * mesh 3989 * 3990 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3991 * 3992 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3993 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3994 * 3995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3996 * root announcements are transmitted. 3997 * 3998 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3999 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4000 * Announcement frames. 4001 * 4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4003 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4004 * PERR element. 4005 * 4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4007 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4008 * 4009 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4010 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4011 * a peer link. 4012 * 4013 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4014 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4015 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4016 * 4017 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4018 * 4019 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4020 * 4021 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4022 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4023 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4024 * 4025 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4026 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4027 * 4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4029 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4030 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4031 * 4032 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4033 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4034 * 4035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4036 * 4037 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4038 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4039 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4040 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4041 * 4042 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4043 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4044 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4045 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4046 * 4047 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4048 */ 4049 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4050 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4051 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4052 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4053 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4054 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4055 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4056 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4057 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4058 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4059 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4060 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4061 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4062 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4063 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4064 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4065 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4066 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4067 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4068 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4069 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4070 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4071 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4072 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4073 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4074 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4075 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4076 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4077 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4078 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4079 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4080 4081 /* keep last */ 4082 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4083 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4084 }; 4085 4086 /** 4087 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4088 * 4089 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4090 * changed while the mesh is active. 4091 * 4092 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4093 * 4094 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4095 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4096 * default HWMP. 4097 * 4098 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4099 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4100 * metric. 4101 * 4102 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4103 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4104 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4105 * metrics in use. 4106 * 4107 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4108 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4109 * 4110 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4111 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4112 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4113 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4114 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4115 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4116 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4117 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4118 * userspace daemon. 4119 * 4120 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4121 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4122 * neighbor offset synchronization 4123 * 4124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4125 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4126 * 4127 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4128 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4129 * Default is no authentication method required. 4130 * 4131 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4132 * 4133 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4134 */ 4135 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4136 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4137 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4138 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4139 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4140 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4141 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4142 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4143 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4144 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4145 4146 /* keep last */ 4147 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4148 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4149 }; 4150 4151 /** 4152 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4153 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4154 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4155 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4156 * disabled 4157 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4158 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4159 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4160 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4161 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4162 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4163 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4164 */ 4165 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4166 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4167 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4168 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4169 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4170 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4171 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4172 4173 /* keep last */ 4174 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4175 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4176 }; 4177 4178 enum nl80211_ac { 4179 NL80211_AC_VO, 4180 NL80211_AC_VI, 4181 NL80211_AC_BE, 4182 NL80211_AC_BK, 4183 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4184 }; 4185 4186 /* backward compat */ 4187 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4188 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4189 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4190 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4191 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4192 4193 /** 4194 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4195 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4196 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4197 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4198 * below the control channel 4199 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4200 * above the control channel 4201 */ 4202 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4203 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4204 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4205 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4206 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4207 }; 4208 4209 /** 4210 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4211 * 4212 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4213 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4214 * 4215 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4216 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4217 * 4218 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4219 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4220 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4221 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4222 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4223 */ 4224 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4225 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4226 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4227 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4228 }; 4229 4230 /** 4231 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4232 * 4233 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4234 * attribute. 4235 * 4236 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4237 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4238 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4239 * attribute must be provided as well 4240 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4241 * attribute must be provided as well 4242 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4243 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4244 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4245 * attribute must be provided as well 4246 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4247 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4248 */ 4249 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4250 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4251 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4252 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4253 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4254 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4255 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4256 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4257 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4258 }; 4259 4260 /** 4261 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4262 * 4263 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4264 * 4265 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4266 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4267 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4268 */ 4269 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4270 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4271 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4272 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4273 }; 4274 4275 /** 4276 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4277 * 4278 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4279 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4280 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4281 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4282 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4283 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4284 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4285 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4286 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4287 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4288 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4289 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4290 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4291 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4292 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4293 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4294 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4295 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4296 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4297 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4298 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4299 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4300 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4301 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4302 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4303 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4304 * yet been received 4305 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4306 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4307 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4308 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4309 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4310 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4311 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4312 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4313 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4314 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4315 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4316 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4317 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4318 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4319 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4320 * is set. 4321 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4322 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4323 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4324 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4325 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4326 */ 4327 enum nl80211_bss { 4328 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4329 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4330 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4331 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4332 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4333 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4334 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4335 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4336 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4337 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4338 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4339 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4340 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4341 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4342 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4343 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4344 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4345 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4346 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4347 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4348 4349 /* keep last */ 4350 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4351 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4352 }; 4353 4354 /** 4355 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4356 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4357 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4358 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4359 * a given BSS. 4360 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4361 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4362 * 4363 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4364 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4365 */ 4366 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4367 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4368 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4369 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4370 }; 4371 4372 /** 4373 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4374 * 4375 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4376 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4377 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4378 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4379 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4380 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4381 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4382 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4383 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4384 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4385 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4386 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4387 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4388 */ 4389 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4390 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4391 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4392 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4393 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4394 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4395 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4396 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4397 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4398 4399 /* keep last */ 4400 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4401 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4402 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4403 }; 4404 4405 /** 4406 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4407 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4408 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4409 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4410 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4411 */ 4412 enum nl80211_key_type { 4413 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4414 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4415 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4416 4417 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4418 }; 4419 4420 /** 4421 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4422 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4423 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4424 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4425 */ 4426 enum nl80211_mfp { 4427 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4428 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4429 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4430 }; 4431 4432 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4433 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4434 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4435 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4436 }; 4437 4438 /** 4439 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4440 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4441 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4442 * unicast key 4443 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4444 * multicast key 4445 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4446 */ 4447 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4448 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4449 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4450 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4451 4452 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4453 }; 4454 4455 /** 4456 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4457 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4458 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4459 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4460 * keys 4461 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4462 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4463 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4464 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4465 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4466 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4467 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4468 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4469 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4470 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4471 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4472 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4473 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4474 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4475 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4476 * 4477 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4478 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4479 */ 4480 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4481 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4482 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4483 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4484 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4485 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4486 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4487 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4488 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4489 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4490 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4491 4492 /* keep last */ 4493 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4494 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4495 }; 4496 4497 /** 4498 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4499 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4500 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4501 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4502 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4503 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4504 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4505 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4506 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4507 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4508 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4509 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4510 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4511 */ 4512 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4513 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4514 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4515 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4516 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4517 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4518 4519 /* keep last */ 4520 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4521 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4522 }; 4523 4524 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4525 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4526 4527 /** 4528 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4529 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4530 */ 4531 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4532 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4533 }; 4534 4535 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4536 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4537 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4538 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4539 }; 4540 4541 /** 4542 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4543 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4544 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4545 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4546 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4547 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4548 */ 4549 enum nl80211_band { 4550 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4551 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4552 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4553 4554 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4555 }; 4556 4557 /** 4558 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4559 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4560 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4561 */ 4562 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4563 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4564 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4565 }; 4566 4567 /** 4568 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4569 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4570 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4571 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4572 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4573 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4574 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4575 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4577 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4578 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4580 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4581 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4583 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4584 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4585 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4586 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4587 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4588 * checked. 4589 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4590 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4591 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4592 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4593 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4594 * loss event 4595 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4596 * RSSI threshold event. 4597 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4598 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4599 */ 4600 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4601 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4602 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4603 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4604 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4605 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4606 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4607 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4608 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4609 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4610 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4611 4612 /* keep last */ 4613 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4614 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4615 }; 4616 4617 /** 4618 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4619 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4620 * configured threshold 4621 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4622 * configured threshold 4623 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4624 */ 4625 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4626 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4627 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4628 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4629 }; 4630 4631 4632 /** 4633 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4634 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4635 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4636 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4637 */ 4638 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4639 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4640 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4641 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4642 }; 4643 4644 /** 4645 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4646 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4647 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4648 * a zero bit are ignored 4649 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4650 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4651 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4652 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4653 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4654 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4655 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4656 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4657 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4658 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4659 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4660 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4661 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4662 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4663 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4664 */ 4665 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4666 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4667 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4668 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4669 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4670 4671 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4672 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4673 }; 4674 4675 /** 4676 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4677 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4678 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4679 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4680 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4681 * 4682 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4683 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4684 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4685 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4686 * by the kernel to userspace. 4687 */ 4688 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4689 __u32 max_patterns; 4690 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4691 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4692 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4693 } __attribute__((packed)); 4694 4695 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4696 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4697 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4698 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4699 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4700 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4701 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4702 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4703 4704 /** 4705 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4706 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4707 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4708 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4709 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4710 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4711 * any others are even supported by the device. 4712 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4713 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4714 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4715 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4716 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4717 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4718 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4719 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4720 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4721 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4722 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4723 * 4724 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4725 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4726 * 4727 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4728 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4729 * to the kernel when configuring. 4730 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4731 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4732 * by the device (flag) 4733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4734 * done by the device) (flag) 4735 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4736 * packet (flag) 4737 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4738 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4739 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4740 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4741 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4742 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4743 * attribute contains the original length. 4744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4745 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4746 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4748 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4749 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4750 * contains the original length. 4751 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4752 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4753 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4754 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4755 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4756 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4757 * the TCP connection. 4758 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4759 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4760 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4761 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4762 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4763 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4764 * service 4765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4766 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4767 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4768 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4769 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4770 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4771 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4772 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4773 * supported by the driver (u32). 4774 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4775 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4776 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4777 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4778 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4779 * occurred. 4780 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4781 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4782 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4783 * these attributes must be present. If 4784 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4785 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4786 * channel. 4787 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4788 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4789 * 4790 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4791 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4792 */ 4793 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4794 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4795 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4796 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4797 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4798 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4799 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4800 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4801 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4802 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4803 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4804 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4805 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4806 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4807 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4808 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4809 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4810 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4811 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4812 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4813 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4814 4815 /* keep last */ 4816 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4817 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4818 }; 4819 4820 /** 4821 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4822 * 4823 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4824 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4825 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4826 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4827 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4828 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4829 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4830 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4831 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4832 * 4833 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4834 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4835 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4836 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4837 * also woken up. 4838 * 4839 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4840 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4841 */ 4842 4843 /** 4844 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4845 * @start: starting value 4846 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4847 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4848 * 4849 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4850 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4851 * in little endian. 4852 */ 4853 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4854 __u32 start, offset, len; 4855 }; 4856 4857 /** 4858 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4859 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4860 * @len: length of each token 4861 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4862 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4863 */ 4864 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4865 __u32 offset, len; 4866 __u8 token_stream[]; 4867 }; 4868 4869 /** 4870 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4871 * @min_len: minimum token length 4872 * @max_len: maximum token length 4873 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4874 */ 4875 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4876 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4877 }; 4878 4879 /** 4880 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4881 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4882 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4883 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4884 * (in network byte order) 4885 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4886 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4887 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4888 * might require ARP querying. 4889 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4890 * socket and port will be allocated 4891 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4892 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4893 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4894 * of the data payload. 4895 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4896 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4897 * advertising it is just a flag 4898 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4899 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4900 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4901 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4902 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4903 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4904 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4905 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4906 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4907 * but on the TCP payload only. 4908 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4909 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4910 */ 4911 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4912 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4913 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4914 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4915 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4916 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4917 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4918 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4919 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4920 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4921 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4922 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4923 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4924 4925 /* keep last */ 4926 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4927 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4928 }; 4929 4930 /** 4931 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4932 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4933 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4934 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4935 * 4936 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4937 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4938 */ 4939 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4940 __u32 max_rules; 4941 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4942 __u32 max_delay; 4943 } __attribute__((packed)); 4944 4945 /** 4946 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4947 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4948 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4949 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4950 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4951 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4952 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4953 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4954 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4955 */ 4956 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4957 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4958 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4959 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4960 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4961 4962 /* keep last */ 4963 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4964 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4965 }; 4966 4967 /** 4968 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4969 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4970 * in a rule are matched. 4971 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4972 * in a rule are not matched. 4973 */ 4974 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4975 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4976 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4977 }; 4978 4979 /** 4980 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4981 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4982 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4983 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4984 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4985 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4986 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4987 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4988 */ 4989 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4990 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4991 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4992 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4993 4994 /* keep last */ 4995 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4996 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4997 }; 4998 4999 /** 5000 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5001 * 5002 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5003 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5004 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5005 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5006 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5007 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5008 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5009 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5010 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5011 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5012 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5013 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5014 * different channels may be used within this group. 5015 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5016 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5017 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5018 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5019 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5020 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5021 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5022 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5023 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5024 * 5025 * Examples: 5026 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5027 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5028 * 5029 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5030 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5031 * 5032 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5033 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5034 * 5035 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5036 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5037 * 5038 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5039 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5040 * that any of these groups must match. 5041 * 5042 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5043 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5044 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5045 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5046 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5047 */ 5048 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5049 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5050 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5051 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5052 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5053 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5054 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5055 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5056 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5057 5058 /* keep last */ 5059 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5060 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5061 }; 5062 5063 5064 /** 5065 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5066 * 5067 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5068 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5069 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5070 * this mesh peer 5071 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5072 * from this mesh peer 5073 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5074 * received from this mesh peer 5075 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5076 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5077 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5078 * plink are discarded 5079 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5080 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5081 */ 5082 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5083 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5084 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5085 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5086 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5087 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5088 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5089 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5090 5091 /* keep last */ 5092 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5093 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5094 }; 5095 5096 /** 5097 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5098 * 5099 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5100 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5101 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5102 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5103 */ 5104 enum plink_actions { 5105 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5106 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5107 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5108 5109 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5110 }; 5111 5112 5113 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5114 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5115 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5116 5117 /** 5118 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5119 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5120 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5121 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5122 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5123 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5124 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5125 */ 5126 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5127 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5128 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5129 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5130 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5131 5132 /* keep last */ 5133 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5134 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5135 }; 5136 5137 /** 5138 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5139 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5140 * Beacon frames) 5141 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5142 * in Beacon frames 5143 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5144 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5145 */ 5146 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5147 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5148 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5149 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5150 }; 5151 5152 /** 5153 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5154 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5155 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5156 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5157 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5158 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5159 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5160 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5161 */ 5162 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5163 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5164 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5165 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5166 5167 /* keep last */ 5168 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5169 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5170 }; 5171 5172 /** 5173 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5174 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5175 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5176 * priority) 5177 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5178 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5179 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5180 * (internal) 5181 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5182 * (internal) 5183 */ 5184 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5185 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5186 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5187 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5188 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5189 5190 /* keep last */ 5191 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5192 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5193 }; 5194 5195 /** 5196 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5197 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5198 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5199 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5200 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5201 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5202 */ 5203 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5204 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5205 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5206 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5207 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5208 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5209 }; 5210 5211 /* 5212 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5213 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5214 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5215 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5216 }; 5217 */ 5218 5219 /** 5220 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5221 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5222 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5223 * socket option. 5224 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5226 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5227 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5228 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5229 * cellular base stations. 5230 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5231 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5233 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5234 * mode 5235 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5236 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5237 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5238 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5239 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5240 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5241 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5242 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5243 * setting 5244 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5245 * powersave 5246 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5247 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5248 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5249 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5250 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5251 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5252 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5253 * states using station flags. 5254 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5255 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5256 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5257 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5258 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5260 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5261 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5262 * still generated by the driver. 5263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5264 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5265 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5266 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5268 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5269 * lifetime of a BSS. 5270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5271 * Set IE to probe requests. 5272 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5273 * to probe requests. 5274 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5275 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5277 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5278 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5279 * Measurement Report action frame. 5280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5281 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5282 * to enable dynack. 5283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5284 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5285 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5287 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5288 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5289 * rts/cts handshake. 5290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5291 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5292 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5293 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5294 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5295 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5296 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5298 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5300 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5301 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5302 * address mask/value will be used. 5303 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5304 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5305 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5306 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5307 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5308 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5309 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5310 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5311 */ 5312 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5313 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5314 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5315 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5316 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5317 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5318 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5319 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5320 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5321 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5322 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5323 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5324 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5325 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5326 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5327 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5328 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5329 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5330 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5331 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5332 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5333 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5334 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5335 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5336 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5337 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5338 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5339 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5340 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5341 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5342 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5343 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5344 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5345 }; 5346 5347 /** 5348 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5349 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5350 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5351 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5352 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5353 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5354 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5355 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5356 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5357 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5358 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5359 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5360 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5361 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5362 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5363 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5364 * (if available). 5365 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5366 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5367 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5368 * (if available). 5369 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5370 * channel dwell time. 5371 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5372 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5373 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5374 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5375 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5376 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5377 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5378 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5380 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5381 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5382 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5384 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5385 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5387 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5388 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5389 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5390 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5391 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5392 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5393 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5395 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5396 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5397 * be supported. 5398 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5399 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5400 * actual dwell time. 5401 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5402 * response 5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5404 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5406 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5408 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5410 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5412 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5413 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5414 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5415 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5416 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5417 * "radar detected" event. 5418 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5419 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5420 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5421 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5423 * TXQs. 5424 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5425 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5427 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5428 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5430 * timing measurement responder role. 5431 * 5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5433 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5434 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5435 * freeze the connection. 5436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5437 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5438 * 5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5440 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5441 * scheduling. 5442 * 5443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5444 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5445 * 5446 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5447 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5448 * 5449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5450 * to a station. 5451 * 5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5453 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5454 * 5455 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5456 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5457 */ 5458 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5459 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5460 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5461 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5469 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5470 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5471 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5472 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5473 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5474 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5475 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5476 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5477 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5478 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5479 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5480 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5481 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5482 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5483 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5484 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5485 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5486 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5487 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5489 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5490 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5500 5501 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5502 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5503 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5504 }; 5505 5506 /** 5507 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5508 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5509 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5510 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5511 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5512 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5513 * to the host. 5514 * 5515 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5516 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5517 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5518 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5519 */ 5520 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5521 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5522 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5523 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5524 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5525 }; 5526 5527 /** 5528 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5529 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5530 * handled by the AP is reached. 5531 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5532 */ 5533 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5534 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5535 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5536 }; 5537 5538 /** 5539 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5540 * 5541 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5542 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5543 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5544 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5545 */ 5546 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5547 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5548 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5549 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5550 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5551 }; 5552 5553 /** 5554 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5555 * 5556 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5557 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5558 * requests. 5559 * 5560 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5561 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5562 * one of them can be used in the request. 5563 * 5564 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5565 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5566 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5567 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5568 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5569 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5570 * when really needed 5571 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5572 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5573 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5574 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5575 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5576 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5577 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5578 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5579 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5580 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5581 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5582 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5583 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5584 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5585 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5586 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5587 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5588 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5589 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5590 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5591 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5592 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5593 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5594 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5595 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5596 * impacted with this flag. 5597 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5598 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5599 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5600 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5601 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5602 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5603 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5604 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5605 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5606 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5607 * possible. 5608 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5609 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5610 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5611 */ 5612 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5613 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5614 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5615 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5616 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5617 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5618 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5619 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5620 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5621 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5622 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5623 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5624 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5625 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5626 }; 5627 5628 /** 5629 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5630 * 5631 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5632 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5633 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5634 * 5635 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5636 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5637 * in ACL to authenticate. 5638 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5639 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5640 */ 5641 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5642 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5643 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5644 }; 5645 5646 /** 5647 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5648 * 5649 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5650 * 5651 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5652 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5653 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5654 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5655 */ 5656 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5657 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5658 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5659 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5660 5661 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5662 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5663 }; 5664 5665 /** 5666 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5667 * 5668 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5669 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5670 * 5671 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5672 * now unusable. 5673 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5674 * the channel is now available. 5675 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5676 * change to the channel status. 5677 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5678 * over, channel becomes usable. 5679 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5680 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5681 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5682 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5683 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5684 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5685 */ 5686 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5687 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5688 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5689 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5690 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5691 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5692 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5693 }; 5694 5695 /** 5696 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5697 * 5698 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5699 * 5700 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5701 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5702 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5703 * is therefore marked as not available. 5704 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5705 */ 5706 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5707 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5708 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5709 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5710 }; 5711 5712 /** 5713 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5714 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5715 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5716 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5717 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5718 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5719 */ 5720 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5721 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5722 }; 5723 5724 /** 5725 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5726 * 5727 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5728 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5729 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5730 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5731 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5732 */ 5733 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5734 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5735 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5736 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5737 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5738 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5739 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5740 }; 5741 5742 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5743 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5744 5745 /** 5746 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5747 * 5748 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5749 * 5750 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5751 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5752 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5753 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5754 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5755 */ 5756 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5757 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5758 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5759 }; 5760 5761 /* 5762 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5763 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5764 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5765 */ 5766 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5767 5768 /** 5769 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5770 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5771 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5772 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5773 * added to this file when needed. 5774 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5775 */ 5776 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5777 __u32 vendor_id; 5778 __u32 subcmd; 5779 }; 5780 5781 /** 5782 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5783 * 5784 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5785 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5786 * 5787 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5788 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5789 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5790 */ 5791 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5792 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5793 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5794 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5795 }; 5796 5797 /** 5798 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5799 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5800 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5801 * seconds (u32). 5802 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5803 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5804 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5805 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5806 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5807 * currently defined 5808 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5809 */ 5810 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5811 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5812 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5813 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5814 5815 /* keep last */ 5816 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5817 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5818 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5819 }; 5820 5821 /** 5822 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5823 * 5824 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5825 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5826 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5827 */ 5828 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5829 __u8 band; 5830 __s8 delta; 5831 } __attribute__((packed)); 5832 5833 /** 5834 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5835 * 5836 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5837 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5838 * is requested. 5839 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5840 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5841 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5842 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5843 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5844 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5845 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5846 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5847 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5848 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5849 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5850 * 5851 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5852 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5853 * which the driver shall use. 5854 */ 5855 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5856 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5857 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5858 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5859 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5860 5861 /* keep last */ 5862 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5863 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5864 }; 5865 5866 /** 5867 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5868 * 5869 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5870 * 5871 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5872 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5873 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5874 */ 5875 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5876 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5877 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5878 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5879 5880 /* keep last */ 5881 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5882 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5883 }; 5884 5885 /** 5886 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5887 * 5888 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5889 * 5890 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5891 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5892 */ 5893 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5894 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5895 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5896 }; 5897 5898 /** 5899 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5900 * 5901 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5902 * 5903 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5904 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5905 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5906 */ 5907 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5908 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5909 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5910 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5911 }; 5912 5913 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5914 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5915 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5916 5917 /** 5918 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5919 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5920 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5921 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5922 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5923 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5924 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5925 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5927 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5928 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5929 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5930 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5931 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5932 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5933 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5934 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5935 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5936 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5937 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5939 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5940 * This is a flag. 5941 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5942 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5943 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5944 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5945 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5946 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5947 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5948 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5949 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5950 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5951 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5952 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5953 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5954 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5955 * 5956 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5957 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5958 */ 5959 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5960 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5961 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5962 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5963 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5964 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5965 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5966 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5967 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5968 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5969 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5970 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5971 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5972 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5973 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5974 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5975 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5976 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5977 5978 /* keep last */ 5979 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5980 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5981 }; 5982 5983 /** 5984 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5985 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5986 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5987 * This is a flag. 5988 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5989 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5990 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5991 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5992 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5993 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5994 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5995 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5996 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5997 */ 5998 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5999 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6000 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6001 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6002 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6003 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6004 6005 /* keep last */ 6006 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6007 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6008 }; 6009 6010 /** 6011 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6012 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6013 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6014 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6015 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6016 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6017 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6018 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6019 * 6020 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6021 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6022 */ 6023 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6024 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6025 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6026 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6027 6028 /* keep last */ 6029 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6030 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6031 }; 6032 6033 /** 6034 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6035 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6036 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6037 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6038 */ 6039 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6040 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6041 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6042 }; 6043 6044 /** 6045 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6046 * responder attributes 6047 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6048 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6049 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6050 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6051 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6052 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6053 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6054 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6055 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6056 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6057 */ 6058 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6059 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6060 6061 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6062 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6063 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6064 6065 /* keep last */ 6066 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6067 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6068 }; 6069 6070 /* 6071 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6072 * 6073 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6074 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6075 * 6076 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6077 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6078 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6079 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6080 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6081 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6082 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6083 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6084 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6085 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6086 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6087 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6088 * phase with the responder (u32) 6089 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6090 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6091 * FTM slot (u32) 6092 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6093 * scheduled window (u32) 6094 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6095 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6096 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6097 */ 6098 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6099 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6100 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6101 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6102 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6103 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6104 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6105 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6106 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6107 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6108 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6109 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6110 6111 /* keep last */ 6112 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6113 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6114 }; 6115 6116 /** 6117 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6118 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6119 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6120 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6121 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6122 */ 6123 enum nl80211_preamble { 6124 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6125 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6126 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6127 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6128 }; 6129 6130 /** 6131 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6132 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6133 * these numbers also for attributes 6134 * 6135 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6136 * 6137 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6138 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6139 */ 6140 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6141 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6142 6143 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6144 6145 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6146 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6147 }; 6148 6149 /** 6150 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6151 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6152 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6153 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6154 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6155 * reason may be available in the response data 6156 */ 6157 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6158 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6159 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6160 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6161 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6162 }; 6163 6164 /** 6165 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6166 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6167 * 6168 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6169 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6170 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6171 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6172 * (flag attribute) 6173 * 6174 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6175 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6176 */ 6177 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6178 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6179 6180 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6181 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6182 6183 /* keep last */ 6184 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6185 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6186 }; 6187 6188 /** 6189 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6190 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6191 * 6192 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6193 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6194 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6195 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6196 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6197 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6198 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6199 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6200 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6201 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6202 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6203 * (u64, usec) 6204 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6205 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6206 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6207 * result. 6208 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6209 * 6210 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6211 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6212 */ 6213 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6214 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6215 6216 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6217 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6218 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6219 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6220 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6221 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6222 6223 /* keep last */ 6224 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6225 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6226 }; 6227 6228 /** 6229 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6230 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6231 * 6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6233 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6234 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6235 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6236 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6237 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6238 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6239 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6240 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6241 * 6242 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6244 */ 6245 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6246 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6247 6248 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6249 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6250 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6251 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6252 6253 /* keep last */ 6254 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6255 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6256 }; 6257 6258 /** 6259 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6260 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6261 * 6262 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6263 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6264 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6265 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6266 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6267 * measurement results 6268 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6269 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6270 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6271 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6272 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6273 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6274 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6275 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6276 * sub-attributes taken from 6277 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6278 * 6279 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6280 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6281 */ 6282 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6283 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6284 6285 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6286 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6287 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6288 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6289 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6290 6291 /* keep last */ 6292 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6293 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6294 }; 6295 6296 /** 6297 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6298 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6299 * 6300 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6301 * is supported 6302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6303 * mode is supported 6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6305 * data can be requested during the measurement 6306 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6307 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6308 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6309 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6310 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6311 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6312 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6313 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6314 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6316 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6317 * is valid) 6318 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6319 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6320 * 6321 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6322 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6323 */ 6324 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6325 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6326 6327 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6328 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6329 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6330 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6331 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6332 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6333 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6334 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6335 6336 /* keep last */ 6337 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6338 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6339 }; 6340 6341 /** 6342 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6343 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6344 * 6345 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6347 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6348 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6349 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6350 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6351 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6352 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6353 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6354 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6355 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6356 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6357 * requested per burst 6358 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6360 * (u8, default 3) 6361 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6362 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6363 * (flag) 6364 * 6365 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6367 */ 6368 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6369 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6370 6371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6380 6381 /* keep last */ 6382 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6383 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6384 }; 6385 6386 /** 6387 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6389 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6390 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6392 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6393 * try and get no response) 6394 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6395 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6396 * received 6397 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6398 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6399 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6400 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6401 */ 6402 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6404 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6405 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6406 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6407 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6408 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6409 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6410 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6411 }; 6412 6413 /** 6414 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6415 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6416 * 6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6418 * (u32, optional) 6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6420 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6421 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6423 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6424 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6425 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6427 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6429 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6430 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6431 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6432 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6433 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6435 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6436 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6437 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6439 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6440 * attributes) 6441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6442 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6443 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6444 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6445 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6446 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6448 * optional) 6449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6450 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6452 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6453 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6455 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6456 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6457 * Type 8. 6458 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6459 * (binary, optional); 6460 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6461 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6462 * Type 11. 6463 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6464 * 6465 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6466 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6467 */ 6468 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6469 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6470 6471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6480 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6481 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6482 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6483 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6484 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6485 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6486 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6487 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6488 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6489 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6490 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6491 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6492 6493 /* keep last */ 6494 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6495 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6496 }; 6497 6498 /** 6499 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6500 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6501 * 6502 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6503 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6504 * 6505 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6506 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6507 */ 6508 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6509 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6510 6511 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6512 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6513 6514 /* keep last */ 6515 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6516 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6517 }; 6518 6519 6520 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6521